diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60')
37 files changed, 14572 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00b4fedfe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! + + diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7e6b609d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,3230 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec.h" +#include "codec_desc.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "defs.h" +#include "packet.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +# include "version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and + * receiving. This would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user + * into an endless loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen + * that trying to do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a + * repeated call 1 second later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush + * API calls involved). The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of + * time is not supposed to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might + * still be deemed acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both + * send/receive returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also + * absolutely be avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can + * "flip-flop" between the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, + * it's not allowed that the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to + * consume a packet now instead of returning a frame, after it just returned + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride { + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first + * decoded frame in stream. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) +/** + * Request the encoder to output reconstructed frames, i.e.\ frames that would + * be produced by decoding the encoded bistream. These frames may be retrieved + * by calling avcodec_receive_frame() immediately after a successful call to + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * Should only be used with encoders flagged with the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME capability. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME (1 << 6) +/** + * @par decoding + * Request the decoder to propagate each packets AVPacket.opaque and + * AVPacket.opaque_ref to its corresponding output AVFrame. + * + * @par encoding: + * Request the encoder to propagate each frame's AVFrame.opaque and + * AVFrame.opaque_ref values to its corresponding output AVPacket. + * + * @par + * May only be set on encoders that have the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability flag. + * + * @note + * While in typical cases one input frame produces exactly one output packet + * (perhaps after a delay), in general the mapping of frames to packets is + * M-to-N, so + * - Any number of input frames may be associated with any given output packet. + * This includes zero - e.g. some encoders may output packets that carry only + * metadata about the whole stream. + * - A given input frame may be associated with any number of output packets. + * Again this includes zero - e.g. some encoders may drop frames under certain + * conditions. + * . + * This implies that when using this flag, the caller must NOT assume that + * - a given input frame's opaques will necessarily appear on some output + * packet; + * - every output packet will have some non-NULL opaque value. + * . + * When an output packet contains multiple frames, the opaque values will be + * taken from the first of those. + * + * @note + * The converse holds for decoders, with frames and packets switched. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE (1 << 7) +/** + * Signal to the encoder that the values of AVFrame.duration are valid and + * should be used (typically for transferring them to output packets). + * + * If this flag is not set, frame durations are ignored. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_FRAME_DURATION (1 << 8) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) +/** + * Generate/parse ICC profiles on encode/decode, as appropriate for the type of + * file. No effect on codecs which cannot contain embedded ICC profiles, or + * when compiled without support for lcms2. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_ICC_PROFILES (1U << 31) + +/* Exported side data. + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before + initialization. +*/ +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0) +/** + * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Do not apply film grain, export it instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3) + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from + * user applications. The name string for AVOptions options matches the + * associated command line parameter name and can be found in + * libavcodec/options_table.h The AVOption/command line parameter names differ + * in some cases from the C structure field names for historic reasons or + * brevity. sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass* av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec* codec; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify + * the codec. If there are multiple such fields in a container then the + * demuxer should choose the one which maximizes the information about the + * used codec. If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits + * then the demuxer should remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or + * other structure. Alternatively a new extra_codec_tag + size could be added + * but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be + * used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec + * during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + void* priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal* internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void* opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream + * reader. The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the + * architecture or CPU endianness. Must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t* extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is + * not constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame + * rate. Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame + * duration if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it + * to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be + * read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext* s, const AVFrame* src, + int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], int y, int type, + int height); + + /** + * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the + * caller before avcodec_open2(). + * + * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for + * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration, + * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel + * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also + * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt. + * + * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as + * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is + * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen + * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again + * immediately. + * + * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is + * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously. + * + * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current + * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other + * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext* s, + const enum AVPixelFormat* fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= + * lastp_q*factor+offset). If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= + * -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + + * offset). If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= + * -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int* slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for + * some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER \ + 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD \ + 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE \ + 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be + * freed in avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t* intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be + * freed in avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t* inter_matrix; + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels + * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels + */ + attribute_deprecated int channels; +#endif + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then + * the frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + +#if FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + * @deprecated use frame_num instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int frame_number; +#endif + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @deprecated use "downmix" codec private option + */ + attribute_deprecated uint64_t request_channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel + * necessary. Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API + * (see description of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each + * of the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. + * That is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not + * necessarily one AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), + * av_buffer_alloc(), and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a + * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be + * reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext* s, AVFrame* frame, int flags); + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes + ///< (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride* rc_override; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without + * an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to + * prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding + * starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char* stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char* stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected + * automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS \ + 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + * This may only be set to one of the FF_COMPLIANCE_* values in defs.h. + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * This is a bitfield of the AV_EF_* values defined in defs.h. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input + * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only + * supported by encoders with the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int64_t reordered_opaque; +#endif + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const struct AVHWAccel* hwaccel; + + /** + * Legacy hardware accelerator context. + * + * For some hardware acceleration methods, the caller may use this field to + * signal hwaccel-specific data to the codec. The struct pointed to by this + * pointer is hwaccel-dependent and defined in the respective header. Please + * refer to the FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill + * this. + * + * In most cases this field is optional - the necessary information may also + * be provided to libavcodec through @ref hw_frames_ctx or @ref + * hw_device_ctx (see avcodec_get_hw_config()). However, in some cases it + * may be the only method of signalling some (optional) information. + * + * The struct and its contents are owned by the caller. + * + * - encoding: May be set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). Must remain + * valid until avcodec_free_context(). + * - decoding: May be set by the caller in the get_format() callback. + * Must remain valid until the next get_format() call, + * or avcodec_free_context() (whichever comes first). + */ + void* hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#if FF_API_IDCT_NONE +// formerly used by xvmc +# define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per + * thread, so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE \ + 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext* c, + int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg), void* arg2, + int* ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" + * values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to + * count-1. threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS + * and so that no two instances of func executing at the same time will have + * the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement + * where when any call to func returns < 0 no further calls to func may be + * done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext* c, + int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg, int jobnr, + int threadnr), + void* arg2, int* ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1 << 9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1 << 11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66 | FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110 | FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122 | FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244 | FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_SCC 9 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t* subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor* codec_descriptor; + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by + * user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t + pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t + pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char* sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING \ + -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, + ///< or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC \ + 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER \ + 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the + ///< decoder, requires iconv +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE \ + 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t* chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t* dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char* codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData* coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef* hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; + + /* + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + */ + int extra_hw_frames; + + /** + * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int discard_damaged_percentage; + + /** + * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_samples; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of + * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by + * decoders and encoders. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int export_side_data; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data + * buffer for it. + * + * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is + * called: + * - size + * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer + * size, which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes. + * + * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated + * by this callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet + * once returned by avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet: + * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some + * architectures and encoders may benefit from having aligned data. + * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's + * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), + * av_buffer_alloc(), and av_buffer_ref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated + * by some other means. + * + * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ + * flags. They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get + * after being created. Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they + * don't understand. If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the + * packet may be reused (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by + * libavcodec. + * + * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may + * be called from multiple threads simultaneously. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext* s, AVPacket* pkt, int flags); + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: must be set by the caller, to one of AVCodec.ch_layouts. + * - decoding: may be set by the caller if known e.g. from the container. + * The decoder can then override during decoding as needed. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int64_t frame_num; +} AVCodecContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char* name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVFrame* frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext* avctx, const uint8_t* buf, + uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). + * + * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the + * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param type the nal unit type + * @param buf the nal unit data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext* avctx, int type, const uint8_t* buf, + uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext* avctx, const uint8_t* buf, + uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext* avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext* avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext* avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called + * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for + * details. + * + * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume + * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. + */ + int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx); +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * Some hardware decoders (namely nvdec) can either output direct decoder + * surfaces, or make an on-device copy and return said copy. + * There is a hard limit on how many decoder surfaces there can be, and it + * cannot be accurately guessed ahead of time. + * For some processing chains, this can be okay, but others will run into the + * limit and in turn produce very confusing errors that require fine tuning of + * more or less obscure options by the user, or in extreme cases cannot be + * resolved at all without inserting an avfilter that forces a copy. + * + * Thus, the hwaccel will by default make a copy for safety and resilience. + * If a users really wants to minimize the amount of copies, they can set this + * flag and ensure their processing chain does not exhaust the surface pool. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_UNSAFE_OUTPUT (1 << 3) + +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t* data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char* text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char* ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect** rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char* avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char* avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext* avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec* codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext** avctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass* avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass* avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters* par, + const AVCodecContext* codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext* codec, + const AVCodecParameters* par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private + * options. On return this object will be filled with options that were not + * found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), + * avcodec_find_encoder(), av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext* avctx, const AVCodec* codec, + AVDictionary** options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext* avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle* sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext* s, AVFrame* frame, int flags); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made + * public so it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for + * encoders without AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext* s, AVPacket* pkt, + int flags); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext* s, int* width, int* height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext* s, int* width, int* height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +#ifdef FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int* xpos, int* ypos, + enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, + int ypos); +#endif + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform + * badly due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between + * input and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle + * will be stored, must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, + * otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVSubtitle* sub, + int* got_sub_ptr, const AVPacket* avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, + * and the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets + * can be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush packet is sent) + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires + * flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext* avctx, const AVPacket* avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder or encoder (when the + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag is used). + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * codec. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @retval 0 success, a frame was returned + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in this state - user must + * try to send new input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the codec has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is an encoder without the + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag enabled + * @retval AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED current decoded frame has changed parameters + * with respect to first decoded frame. Applicable when flag + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. + * @retval "other negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVFrame* frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use + * avcodec_receive_packet() to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be + * encoded. Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the encoder will + * not write to the frame. The encoder may create a reference to the frame data + * (or copy it if the frame is not reference-counted). It can be NULL, in which + * case it is considered a flush packet. This signals the end of the stream. If + * the encoder still has packets buffered, it will return them after this call. + * Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush packets are ignored, + * and sending frames will return AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once all output is read, the + * packet should be resent, and the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires + * flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext* avctx, const AVFrame* frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in the current state - user + * must try to send input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output packets + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is a decoder + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVPacket* avpkt); + +/** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref + * parameter), and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must + * be done before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the + * initial_pool_size field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible + * with the codec, plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can + * safely reference at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional + * buffering introduced by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require + * pre-allocation, the field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new + * surfaces on demand during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + */ +int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext* avctx, + AVBufferRef* device_ref, + enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, + AVBufferRef** out_frames_ref); + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, ///< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, ///< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, ///< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, ///< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void* priv_data; + const struct AVCodecParser* parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext* s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext* s, AVCodecContext* avctx, + const uint8_t** poutbuf, int* poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t* buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext* s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext* avctx, const uint8_t* buf, int buf_size); +} AVCodecParser; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodecParser* av_parser_iterate(void** opaque); + +AVCodecParserContext* av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet + finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet + finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full + buffer size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. To signal + EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext* s, AVCodecContext* avctx, + uint8_t** poutbuf, int* poutbuf_size, const uint8_t* buf, + int buf_size, int64_t pts, int64_t dts, int64_t pos); + +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext* s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext* avctx, uint8_t* buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle* sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches + * which of the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of + * loss. The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to + * choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses + * will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list( + const enum AVPixelFormat* pix_fmt_list, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int* loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext* s, + const enum AVPixelFormat* fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +void avcodec_string(char* buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext* enc, int encode); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext* c, + int (*func)(AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg2), + void* arg, int* ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext* c, + int (*func)(AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg2, int, + int), + void* arg, int* ret, int count); +// FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame* frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t* buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder + * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid. + * + * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder + * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder + * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different + * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder + * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the + * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext* avctx); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext* avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext* s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avdct.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9edf4c187e --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass* av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t* block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br> + * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t* block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t* block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t* pixels /* align 8 */, ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; + + void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t* block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t* pixels, ptrdiff_t line_size); +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT* avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT*); + +const AVClass* avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..115370eb48 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the + * inverse + */ +FFTContext* av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext* s, FFTComplex* z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTComplex* z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext* s); + +FFTContext* av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext* s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext* av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext* s, FFTSample* data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext* s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext* av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext* s, FFTSample* data); +void av_dct_end(DCTContext* s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/bsf.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/bsf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..044a0597bf --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/bsf.h @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +/* + * Bitstream filters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H +#define AVCODEC_BSF_H + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "packet.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This + * allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on + * @ref AVPacket "AVPackets". + * + * The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures: + * AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter + * in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an + * AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass + * it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable + * AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call + * av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use. + * + * Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered + * results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be + * sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter. + * av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are + * produced by the filter. + * + * Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass* av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter* filter; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void* priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters* par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters* par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char* name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID* codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass* priv_class; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter* av_bsf_get_by_name(const char* name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter* av_bsf_iterate(void** opaque); + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated + * context will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter* filter, AVBSFContext** ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + * + * @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc() + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext* ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error + * occurs. If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and + * pkt->side_data_elems zero), it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more + * non-empty packets will be sent; sending more empty packets does nothing) and + * will cause the filter to output any packets it may have buffered internally. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using + * av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using + * av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt); + +/** + * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when + * seeking. + */ +void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext* ctx); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext** ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass* av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList* av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList** lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList* lst, AVBSFContext* bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList* lst, const char* bsf_name, + AVDictionary** options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext + * structure representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList** lst, AVBSFContext** bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext + * structure representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char* str, AVBSFContext** bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream + * filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext** bsf); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4340d8503f --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* + * AVCodec public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h" +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and + * supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or + * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of + * container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or + * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around + * multithreading-capable external libraries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) + +/** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) + +/** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) + +/** + * This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return + * them with corresponding output packets. + * @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) + +/** + * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is + * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames + * remain pending. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21) + +/** + * The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that + * would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream. + * + * Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22) + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char* name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char* name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char* long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVRational* + supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, + ///< array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat* + pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, + ///< array is terminated by -1 + const int* + supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL + ///< if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat* + sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, + ///< array is terminated by -1 +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * @deprecated use ch_layouts instead + */ + attribute_deprecated const uint64_t* + channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if + ///< unknown. array is terminated by 0 +#endif + const AVClass* priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile* + profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is + ///< terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>"). + */ + const char* wrapper_name; + + /** + * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout. + */ + const AVChannelLayout* ch_layouts; +} AVCodec; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodec* av_codec_iterate(void** opaque); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec* avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec* avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char* name); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec* avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec* avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char* name); +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec* codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec* codec); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char* av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec* codec, int profile); + +enum { + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should + * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling + * avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format for a decoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames + * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context + * must have been created on a device of the specified type. + * + * When selecting this format for an encoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which + * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some internal method. + * + * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - + * no device or frames context is required. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. + * + * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the + * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring + * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be + * used in preference.) + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { + /** + * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be + * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available. + * + * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to + * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel + * formats supported by the codec. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + */ + int methods; + /** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; +} AVCodecHWConfig; + +/** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + */ +const AVCodecHWConfig* avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec* codec, int index); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0884491d3e --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Codec descriptors public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char* name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char* long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char* const* mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile* profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor* prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char* name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b3dd07ea6e --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +/* + * Codec IDs + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGX, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, +#if FF_API_AYUV_CODECID + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, + AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PFM, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_IPU, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_CRI, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_GEM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBN, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QOI, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHM, + AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100, + AV_CODEC_ID_VQC, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = + 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCA, + AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BONK, + AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_APAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FTR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RKA, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = + 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = + 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program + ///< stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_EPG, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = + 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf + ///< should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = + 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing + ///< only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = + 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket + /** + * Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL, + /** + * Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL, +}; + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char* avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char* avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd9e40d0d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +/* + * Codec parameters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t* extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels + */ + attribute_deprecated int channels; +#endif + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be + * static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters* avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters** par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters* dst, + const AVCodecParameters* src); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters* par, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/defs.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/defs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a4632cee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H +#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input + * bitstream for decoding. This is mainly needed because some optimized + * bitstream readers read 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> + * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on + * mismatch. If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in + * the decoder/demuxer returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1 << 0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1 << 1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1 << 2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1 << 3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1 << 15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL \ + (1 << 16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate + ///< and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT \ + (1 << 17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE \ + (1 << 18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an + ///< error + +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT \ + 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or + ///< reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT \ + 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what + ///< consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL \ + -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard { + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE = -16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = + 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA = 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan { + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +} AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties* av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t* size); + +/** + * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall + * clock production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time + * ('prft') as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12 + */ +typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime { + /** + * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()). + */ + int64_t wallclock; + int flags; +} AVProducerReferenceTime; + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char* s, unsigned int v); + +#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/packet.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/packet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d85cf6a84b --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/packet.h @@ -0,0 +1,730 @@ +/* + * AVPacket public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H +#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 + * (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). u8 picture type u8 error count u16 + * reserved u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in + * and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in + * AVPacketSideData.data. The number of bytes of CC data is + * AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, + + /** + * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime + * struct, usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag + * set in the AVCodecContext export_side_data field). + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT, + + /** + * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * DOVI configuration + * ref: + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, + * section 2.2 + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, + * section 3.3 Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 + * uint32_t where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other + * timecodes are used. The timecode format is described in the documentation + * of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in + * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains + * information for color volume transform - application 4 of + * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS // DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t* data; + size_t size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once + * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated + * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct + * with a minor bump. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef* buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t* data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData* side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void* opaque; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef* opaque_ref; + + /** + * Time base of the packet's timestamps. + * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or + * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders + * or muxers. + */ + AVRational time_base; +} AVPacket; + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +attribute_deprecated typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList* next; +} AVPacketList; +#endif + +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 +/** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * @deprecated those are not used by any decoder + */ + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, +#endif + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket* av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket* av_packet_clone(const AVPacket* src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket** pkt); + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed, + sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_init_packet(AVPacket* pkt); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying + * AVBuffer. The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket* pkt, uint8_t* data, int size); + +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t* data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data + * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket* pkt, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t* size); + +const char* av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary* dict, size_t* size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t* data, size_t size, + AVDictionary** dict); + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket* pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten. + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst + * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()). + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket* dst, const AVPacket* src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket* pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket* dst, AVPacket* src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket* dst, const AVPacket* src); + +/** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket* pkt); + +/** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket* pkt); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket* pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b91baec82 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include <vdpau/vdpau.h> + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext*, struct AVFrame*, + const VdpPictureInfo*, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer*); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender* render; + + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext* av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext*); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext*, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext* avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress* get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext* avctx, VdpChromaType* type, + uint32_t* width, uint32_t* height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext* av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3f6020c86 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT \ + AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION \ + AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/version_major.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9cd92cb3a --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavcodec/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 60 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AYUV_CODECID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + +// reminder to remove CrystalHD decoders on next major bump +#define FF_CODEC_CRYSTAL_HD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..774d1fe916 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x, y) \ + (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x, y) \ + (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x, y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x, y) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef __has_builtin +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x) +#else +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +# if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +# else +# define av_always_inline inline +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +# if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +# else +# define av_extern_inline inline +# endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2, 6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +# if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 6) || defined(__clang__) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +# else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x = x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) \ + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2, 5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c289fbb551 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f8343bd04 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char* av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char* avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char* avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char* av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1 << FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT) +#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda +#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256 * 128 - 1) + +#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE // FIXME maybe remove + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific + * + * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Undefined timestamp value + * + * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide + * either pts or dts. + */ + +#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000)) + +/** + * Internal time base represented as integer + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000 + +/** + * Internal time base represented as fractional value + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q \ + (AVRational) { 1, AV_TIME_BASE } + +/** + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related + * + * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureType { + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4 + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type +}; + +/** + * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type + * pict_type. + * + * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character + * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown + */ +char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "common.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "mathematics.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. + */ +static inline void* av_x_if_null(const void* p, const void* x) { + return (void*)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x); +} + +/** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + */ +unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize, const void* list, + uint64_t term) av_pure; + +/** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + */ +#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \ + av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term) + +#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 +/** + * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename. + * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through + * errno. + * @deprecated Avoid using it, as on Windows, the FILE* allocated by this + * function may be allocated with a different CRT than the caller + * who uses the FILE*. No replacement provided in public API. + */ +attribute_deprecated FILE* av_fopen_utf8(const char* path, const char* mode); +#endif + +/** + * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base. + */ +AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void); + +#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) \ + av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character + * code) representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least + * AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +char* av_fourcc_make_string(char* buf, uint32_t fourcc); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..372de093f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer* buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t* data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + size_t size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef* av_buffer_alloc(size_t size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_buffer_allocz(size_t size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_buffer_create(uint8_t* data, size_t size, + void (*free)(void* opaque, uint8_t* data), + void* opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void* opaque, uint8_t* data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef* buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef** buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef* buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void* av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef* buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef* buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef** buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef** buf, size_t size); + +/** + * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src. + * + * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst + * and replace it with a new reference to src. + * + * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success, + * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On + * failure, dst will be left untouched. + * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this + * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst). + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure. + */ +int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef** dst, const AVBufferRef* src); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool* av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be + * used (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. May be NULL. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool* av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void* opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void* opaque, + size_t size), + void (*pool_free)(void* opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool** pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool* pool); + +/** + * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool. + * + * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get. + * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the + * buffer pool. + * + * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation, + * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque + * parameter of an allocated buffer. + */ +void* av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef* ref); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ce5bb32d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,842 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels + * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels + * @ingroup lavu_audio + * + * Audio channel layout utility functions + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVChannel { + ///< Invalid channel index + AV_CHAN_NONE = -1, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY, + AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT, + /** Stereo downmix. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29, + /** See above. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT, + + /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */ + AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200, + + /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */ + AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300, + + /** + * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system. + * + * Given a channel id `<i>` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `<n>` is + * `<n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`. + * + * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel + * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels + * implicitly by their position in the stream. + */ + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400, + // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics, + // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff, +}; + +enum AVChannelOrder { + /** + * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information + * about the channel order. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + /** + * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in + * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63 + * different channels. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, + /** + * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and + * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support + * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE) + * channels at arbitrary positions. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM, + /** + * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into + * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion + * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel + * Number). + * + * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical + * harmonic of degree l and order m given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * l = floor(sqrt(n)), + * m = n - l * (l + 1). + * @endcode + * + * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the + * corresponding channel index n is given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * n = l * (l + 1) + m. + * @endcode + * + * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization) + * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. + @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in + AVChannelLayout + */ +# define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL +#endif + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT | \ + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL | AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT | \ + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT | AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 \ + (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 | \ + AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | \ + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | AV_CH_TOP_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT | \ + AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER | AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER | \ + AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the + * public ABI. + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump. + */ +typedef struct AVChannelCustom { + enum AVChannel id; + char name[16]; + void* opaque; +} AVChannelCustom; + +/** + * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data. + * + * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific + * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an + * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count). + * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by + * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as + * av_channel_layout_check() considers they are valid. + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the + * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack + * or embedded in caller-defined structs. + * + * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows: + * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields + * correctly; + * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers; + * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(), + * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string(). + * + * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit() + * + * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden, + * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should + * be checked) + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for + * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t). + */ +typedef struct AVChannelLayout { + /** + * Channel order used in this layout. + * This is a mandatory field. + */ + enum AVChannelOrder order; + + /** + * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field. + */ + int nb_channels; + + /** + * Details about which channels are present in this layout. + * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be + * used. + */ + union { + /** + * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used + * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels. + * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the + * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present. + * + * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO + * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present. + * + * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or + * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_* + * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits + * is equal to nb_channels. + */ + uint64_t mask; + /** + * This member must be used when the channel order is + * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each + * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the + * corresponding value in map[i].id. + * + * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the + * i-th channel in the audio data. + * + * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic + * component with ACN index (as defined above) + * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE. + * + * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case + * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the + * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed. + */ + AVChannelCustom* map; + } u; + + /** + * For some private data of the user. + */ + void* opaque; +} AVChannelLayout; + +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \ + { \ + .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = {.mask = (m) } \ + } + +/** + * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 \ + AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \ + { \ + .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = {.mask = 0 } \ + } +/** @} */ + +struct AVBPrint; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * @name Deprecated Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char* name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified + * name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated int av_get_extended_channel_layout( + const char* name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + * @param nb_channels number of channels + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_get_channel_layout_string(char* buf, int buf_size, + int nb_channels, + uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint* bp, + int nb_channels, + uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels + */ +attribute_deprecated int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels( + uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default() + */ +attribute_deprecated int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel() + */ +attribute_deprecated int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index( + uint64_t channel_layout, uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index() + */ +attribute_deprecated uint64_t +av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_name() + */ +attribute_deprecated const char* av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + * @deprecated use av_channel_description() + */ +attribute_deprecated const char* av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard() + */ +attribute_deprecated int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, + uint64_t* layout, + const char** name); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given + * channel. This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative + * AVERROR on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_name(char* buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_name(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint* bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * Get a human readable string describing a given channel. + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative + * AVERROR on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_description(char* buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_description(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint* bp, + enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name(). + * + * @return the channel with the given name + * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char* name); + +/** + * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels + * are present. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout + * + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description. + * The input string can be represented by: + * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe()) + * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL", + * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after + * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE") + * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or + * "0x4") + * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c") + * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels") + * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg. + * "ambisonic 2+stereo") + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param str string describing the channel layout + * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, + const char* str); + +/** + * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param nb_channels number of channels + */ +void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout* ch_layout, int nb_channels); + +/** + * Iterate over all standard channel layouts. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVChannelLayout* av_channel_layout_standard(void** opaque); + +/** + * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel + * count to 0. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized + */ +void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout* channel_layout); + +/** + * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst + * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. + * + * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before + * copy. + * + * @param dst destination channel layout + * @param src source channel layout + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout* dst, const AVChannelLayout* src); + +/** + * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties. + * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by + * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same + * channel layout, except for opaque pointers. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative + * AVERROR on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, char* buf, + size_t buf_size); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, + struct AVBPrint* bp); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param idx index of the channel + * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or + * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is + * unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_layout_channel_from_index( + const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple + * channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if + * channel is not present in channel_layout. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, + enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string. + * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain + * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR + * value. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, + const char* name); + +/** + * Get a channel described by the given string. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel to obtain + * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success + * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel + * order is unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_layout_channel_from_string( + const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, const char* name); + +/** + * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout, + * without regard for their positions. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels + * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present + * in channel_layout + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout, + uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio + * data. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout* channel_layout); + +/** + * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same + * channels are present on the same positions in both. + * + * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is + * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both. + * + * @param chl input channel layout + * @param chl1 input channel layout + * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative + * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid. + */ +int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout* chl, + const AVChannelLayout* chl1); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/common.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c09e40bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,589 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && \ + !defined(UINT64_C) +# error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" + +// rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a, b) \ + ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1 << (b)) >> 1)) >> (b) \ + : ((a) + ((1 << (b)) >> 1) - 1) >> (b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a, b) \ + (((a) >= 0 ? (a) + ((b) >> 1) : (a) - ((b) >> 1)) / (b)) +/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a, b) \ + (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) : ((a) + (1 << (b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a, b) (((a) > 0 ? (a) : (a) - (b) + 1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a, b) ((a) - (b)*FFUDIV(a, b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as + * they are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Unsigned Absolute value. + * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned. + * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice. + */ +#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a)) +#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add64 +# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub64 +# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) { +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) + return amin; + else if (a > amax) + return amax; + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, + int64_t amax) { +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) + return amin; + else if (a > amax) + return amax; + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) { + if (a & (~0xFF)) + return (~a) >> 31; + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) { + if ((a + 0x80U) & ~0xFF) + return (a >> 31) ^ 0x7F; + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) { + if (a & (~0xFFFF)) + return (~a) >> 31; + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) { + if ((a + 0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) + return (a >> 31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) { + if ((a + 0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) + return (int32_t)((a >> 63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else + return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) { + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) { + if (a & ~((1 << p) - 1)) + return (~a) >> 31 & ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, + unsigned p) { + return a & ((1U << p) - 1); +} + +/** + * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) { + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); +} + +/** + * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and added to a + * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) { + return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b) { + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b); +} + +/** + * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a + * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b) { + return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5, 1)) || \ + AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) + ? tmp + : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + int64_t s = a + (uint64_t)b; + if ((int64_t)(a ^ b | ~s ^ b) >= 0) return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63); + return s; +#endif +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5, 1)) || \ + AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) + ? tmp + : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) return INT64_MAX; + if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) return INT64_MIN; + return a - b; +#endif +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, + float amax) { +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, + double amax) { +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) { + return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) { + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) { + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) { + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure + * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then + * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0 + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR) \ + val = (GET_BYTE); \ + { \ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1; \ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE) { \ + ERROR \ + } \ + while (val & top) { \ + unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE)-128; \ + if (tmp >> 6) { \ + ERROR \ + } \ + val = (val << 6) + tmp; \ + top <<= 5; \ + } \ + val &= (top << 1) - 1; \ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR) \ + val = (GET_16BIT); \ + { \ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800; \ + if (hi < 0x800) { \ + val = (GET_16BIT)-0xDC00; \ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU) { \ + ERROR \ + } \ + val += (hi << 10) + 0x10000; \ + } \ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes + * long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) \ + { \ + int bytes, shift; \ + uint32_t in = val; \ + if (in < 0x80) { \ + tmp = in; \ + PUT_BYTE \ + } else { \ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5; \ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6; \ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift); \ + PUT_BYTE \ + while (shift >= 6) { \ + shift -= 6; \ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f); \ + PUT_BYTE \ + } \ + } \ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) \ + { \ + uint32_t in = val; \ + if (in < 0x10000) { \ + tmp = in; \ + PUT_16BIT \ + } else { \ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10); \ + PUT_16BIT \ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF); \ + PUT_16BIT \ + } \ + } + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a48d944eb --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include <stddef.h> + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + +/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW \ + 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW \ + 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW \ + 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM \ + 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX \ + 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't + ///< used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW \ + 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. + ///< Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 \ + 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't + ///< used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 \ + 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM + ///< registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL \ + 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers. + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM \ + (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in + ///< various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 << 16) + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1) + +// Loongarch SIMD extension. +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1) + +// RISC-V extensions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on + * that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned* flags, const char* s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count. + * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count. + */ +void av_cpu_force_count(int count); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/dict.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..967a1c8041 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs. + * + * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL + * pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary + * wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set(). + * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**. + * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate(). + * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use + av_dict_free(). + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +/** + * @name AVDictionary Flags + * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the + * dictionary. + * @{ + */ +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE \ + 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in \ + av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX \ + 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to \ + the search key, ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only \ + relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY \ + 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been \ + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL \ + 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been \ + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */ +#define AV_DICT_APPEND \ + 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no \ + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY \ + 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char* key; + char* value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key Matching key + * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the + * entry is retrieved + * + * @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the + * dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry* av_dict_get(const AVDictionary* m, const char* key, + const AVDictionaryEntry* prev, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over a dictionary + * + * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary. + * + * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed. + * + * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned + * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict. + * + * Typical usage: + * @code + * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL; + * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) { + * // ... + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param m The dictionary to iterate over + * @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially + * + * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary + * @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary + */ +const AVDictionaryEntry* av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary* m, + const AVDictionaryEntry* prev); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary* m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate(). + * + * @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added + * as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a + * new key depending on flags). Passing a NULL value will cause an existing + * entry to be deleted. + * + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary** pm, const char* key, const char* value, + int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary** pm, const char* key, int64_t value, + int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary. + * ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary** pm, const char* str, + const char* key_val_sep, const char* pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * + * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * + * @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If + * *dst is NULL, this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from. + * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary** dst, const AVDictionary* src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary** m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the + * same. + * + * @param[in] m The dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with + * string containg entries. Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer + * needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each + * other + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary* m, char** buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/error.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74af5b1534 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +# define AVERROR(e) \ + (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to + ///< return from library functions. +# define AVUNERROR(e) \ + (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return + ///< value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +# define AVERROR(e) (e) +# define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'B', 'S', 'F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG \ + FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'G', '!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \ + FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'F', 'S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'D', 'E', 'C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'D', 'E', 'M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'E', 'N', 'C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG('E', 'O', 'F', ' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT \ + FFERRTAG('E', 'X', 'I', 'T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called + ///< function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL \ + FFERRTAG('E', 'X', 'T', ' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'F', 'I', 'L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA \ + FFERRTAG('I', 'N', 'D', 'A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'M', 'U', 'X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'O', 'P', 'T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME \ + FFERRTAG('P', 'A', 'W', \ + 'E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'P', 'R', 'O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND \ + FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'S', 'T', 'R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified + * value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'G', ' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN \ + FFERRTAG('U', 'N', 'K', \ + 'N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL \ + (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set + ///< strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED \ + (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. + ///< (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED \ + (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. + ///< (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', 'X', 'X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8, '5', 'X', 'X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char* errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char* av_make_error_string(char* errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, + int errnum) { + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, \ + AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/frame.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b4f1e84bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,960 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in + * libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 + * uint32_t where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other + * timecodes are used. The timecode format is described in the documentation + * of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the + * number of array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / + * AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, + + /** + * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS, + + /** + * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame. + * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other + * purpose The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 + * bytes of uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of + * user_data_payload_byte. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED, + + /** + * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams. + * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS, + + /** + * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification, + * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES, + + /** + * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265 + * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER, + + /** + * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software + * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in + * libavutil/dovi_meta.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA, + + /** + * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color + * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID, + + /** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be + * added to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t* data; + size_t size; + AVDictionary* metadata; + AVBufferRef* buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video, + * it could even point to the end of the image data. + * + * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the + * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf. + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL. + * + * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the + * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in + * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array. + */ + uint8_t* data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating + * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be: + * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping + * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data + * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing + * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped) + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + * + * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve + * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t** extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown + * to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame + * threading isn't used) This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame + * calculated from only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * Time base for the timestamps in this frame. + * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or + * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders + * or filters. + */ + AVRational time_base; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + attribute_deprecated int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + attribute_deprecated int display_picture_number; +#endif + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void* opaque; + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + +#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through + * AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * + * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int64_t reordered_opaque; +#endif + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in + * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or + * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is + * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef* buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef** extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData** side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + +#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * + * @deprecated use duration instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int64_t pkt_duration; +#endif + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary* metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int channels; +#endif + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef* opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of + * the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef* private_ref; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown. + */ + int64_t duration; +} AVFrame; + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame* av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame** frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame* av_frame_clone(const AVFrame* src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame* frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame* dst, AVFrame* src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame* frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame* frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy + * is always made. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame* frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame* frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData* av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame* frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData* av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame* frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef* buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData* av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame* frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame* frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame* frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char* av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb376ce499 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass* av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal* internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void* hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext* ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void* user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass* av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal* internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef* device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext* device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void* hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext* ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void* user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool* pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char* name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char* av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef* ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef** device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char* device, AVDictionary* opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef** dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef* src_ctx, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived, + * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef** dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef* src_ctx, + AVDictionary* options, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef* av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef* device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef* ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef* hwframe_ctx, AVFrame* frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef* hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat** formats, int flags); + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat* valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat* valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void* av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef* device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints* av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints( + AVBufferRef* ref, const void* hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints** constraints); + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the + * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will + * be preserved as they were. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef** derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef* derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef* source_frame_ctx, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42709f215e --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..058b5f110d --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include <va/va.h> + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib* attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID* surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f373c97796 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) { + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) { + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) { + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) { + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/log.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1f2af7b18 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +} AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption* option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges**, void* obj, const char* key, + int flags); + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void* obj, void* prev); + + /** + * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled + * children. + * + * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize + * *iter to NULL before the first call. + * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are + * no more such children. + * + * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next + * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate + * iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void** iter); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then + * with the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance. + * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a + * @ref lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed + * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state + * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously. + */ +void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, + int* state, const char* fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6); + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void* ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl, + char* line, int line_size, int* print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl, + char* line, int line_size, int* print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/macros.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1578d1a345 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x, y) (((x) > (y)) - ((x) < (y))) + +#define FFMAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a, b, c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a, b), c) +#define FFMIN(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a, b, c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a, b), c) + +#define FFSWAP(type, a, b) \ + do { \ + type SWAP_tmp = b; \ + b = a; \ + a = SWAP_tmp; \ + } while (0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +#define MKTAG(a, b, c, d) \ + ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a, b, c, d) \ + ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a##b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x) + (a)-1) & ~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ebf81e64f --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <math.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +# define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +# define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +# define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +# define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +# define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +# define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +# define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +# define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +# define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +# define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +# define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = + 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= + * 0; if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % + * 0x10 (0x2) av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) + * > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, + int duration, int64_t* last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, + int64_t inc); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/mem.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f5d8c756e --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,613 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see <a + * href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function + * attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a> + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) +# define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else +# define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see <a + * href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function + * attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a> + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 3) +# define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else +# define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void* av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void* av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void* av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +void* av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even + * if size is zero. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void* av_realloc(void* ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result int av_reallocp(void* ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void* av_realloc_f(void* ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if + * nmemb is zero. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void* av_realloc_array(void* ptr, size_t nmemb, + size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void* ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void* av_fast_realloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void* ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void* ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char* av_strdup(const char* s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char* av_strndup(const char* s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void* av_memdup(const void* p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t* dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void* tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, void* elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void* tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, + void* elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void* av_dynarray2_add(void** tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t* elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a Operand of multiplication + * @param[in] b Operand of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t* r); + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7516d9e3b --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y + ///< samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y + ///< samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y + ///< samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y + ///< samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y + ///< samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, + ///< in each byte pixels are ordered from the + ///< msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, + ///< in each byte pixels are ordered from the + ///< msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), + ///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and + ///< setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), + ///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and + ///< setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), + ///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and + ///< setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), + ///< a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte + ///< is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), + ///< a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte + ///< is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for + ///< the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U + ///< and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y + ///< samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in + ///< favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 + ///< Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the + ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as + ///< big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the + ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as + ///< little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), + ///< big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), + ///< little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), + ///< big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), + ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), + ///< big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), + ///< little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), + ///< big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), + ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] + ///< contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), + ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), + ///< big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), + ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), + ///< big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the + ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as + ///< big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the + ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as + ///< little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each + * bit depth. Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with + * extra padding. If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y + ///< & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y + ///< & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] + ///< contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), + ///< the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as + ///< little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), + ///< the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as + ///< big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample + ///< per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb + ///< sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb + ///< sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, + ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is + ///< stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, + ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is + ///< stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, + ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is + ///< stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, + ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is + ///< stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + * + * Before FFmpeg 5.0: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing + * the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9 + * + * FFmpeg 5.0 and above: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair + * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * D3D11: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the + * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a + * normal texture. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, + ///< Picture.data[3] contains a + ///< ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 + ///< Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor + ///< of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), + ///< 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), + ///< 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), + ///< 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), + ///< 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), + ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian + +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC, ///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y + ///< & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y + ///< & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high + ///< bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high + ///< bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, + ///< big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, + ///< little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, + ///< 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, + ///< 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per + ///< 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for + ///< the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U + ///< and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + /** + * Vulkan hardware images. + * + * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN, + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the + ///< high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the + ///< high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G + ///< 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G + ///< 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G + ///< 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G + ///< 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high + ///< bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high + ///< bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high + ///< bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high + ///< bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, + ///< 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, + ///< 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha + ///< channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high + ///< bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high + ///< bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the + ///< high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the + ///< high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), + ///< big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is + ///< left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), + ///< little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is + ///< left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, + ///< zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 + ///< where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, + ///< zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 + ///< where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, + ///< 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, + ///< 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, + ///< 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, + ///< 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to + ///< link with shared libav* because the number of formats + ///< might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE, YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE, YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE, YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE, GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE, YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE, YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE, YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and + * ITU-T H.273. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = + 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = + 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R + ///< BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = + 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = + 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65 + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC + ///< P22 group phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213, + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 + ///< 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = + 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = + 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC + ///< 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1 + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / + ///< derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = + 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = + 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R + ///< BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = + 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / + ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = + 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived + ///< from BT470 System M's primaries + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = + 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = + 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = + 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Visual content value range. + * + * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple + * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance + * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital + * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit + * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is + * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation. + * + * Common definitions: + * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp, + * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0. + * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original + * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5. + * - 'n' is the output bit depth. + * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n + * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9). + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + + /** + * Narrow or limited range content. + * + * - For luma planes: + * + * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, + + /** + * Full range content. + * + * - For RGB and luma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + * + * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1) + * + * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of + *the image, the left shows only luma, the right shows the location of the + *chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay each other but are drawn + *separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = + 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/rational.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ce38d0968 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational { + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) { + AVRational r = {num, den}; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b) { + const int64_t tmp = a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if (tmp) + return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den) >> 63) | 1; + else if (b.den && a.den) + return 0; + else if (a.num && b.num) + return (a.num >> 31) - (b.num >> 31); + else + return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a) { return a.num / (double)a.den; } + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int* dst_num, int* dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, + int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) { + AVRational r = {q.den, q.num}; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1 Rational to be tested + * @param q2 Rational to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it. + * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def. + */ +AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31cbca7659 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a + * signed 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking + ///< dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char* av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char* name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, + int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char* av_get_sample_fmt_string(char* buf, int buf_size, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int* linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on + * success, or a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t** audio_data, int* linesize, + const uint8_t* buf, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next + * bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t** audio_data, int* linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t*** audio_data, int* linesize, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, + int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t** dst, uint8_t* const* src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t** audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae72840c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a) << 16 | (b) << 8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a##.##b##.##c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a)&0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a)&0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT \ + AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION \ + AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_PKT_DURATION (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/moz.build new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c300f7c0d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg60/moz.build @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# -*- Mode: python; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*- +# vim: set filetype=python: +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +UNIFIED_SOURCES += [ + "../FFmpegAudioDecoder.cpp", + "../FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp", + "../FFmpegDecoderModule.cpp", + "../FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp", +] +LOCAL_INCLUDES += [ + "..", + "/media/mozva", + "include", +] + +if CONFIG["CC_TYPE"] in ("clang", "gcc"): + CXXFLAGS += ["-Wno-deprecated-declarations"] +if CONFIG["CC_TYPE"] == "clang": + CXXFLAGS += [ + "-Wno-unknown-attributes", + ] +if CONFIG["CC_TYPE"] == "gcc": + CXXFLAGS += [ + "-Wno-attributes", + ] +if CONFIG["MOZ_WAYLAND"]: + CXXFLAGS += CONFIG["MOZ_GTK3_CFLAGS"] +if CONFIG["MOZ_ENABLE_VAAPI"] or CONFIG["MOZ_ENABLE_V4L2"]: + UNIFIED_SOURCES += ["../FFmpegVideoFramePool.cpp"] + LOCAL_INCLUDES += ["/third_party/drm/drm/include/libdrm/"] + USE_LIBS += ["mozva"] + DEFINES["MOZ_WAYLAND_USE_HWDECODE"] = 1 + +include("/ipc/chromium/chromium-config.mozbuild") + +FINAL_LIBRARY = "xul" |